26
 Document No. Product Name OSN 6800 & 3800 Intended Users Huawei engineers Product Version V100R002 Written By Optical Network Product Service Dept. Document Version V2.01 NGWDM Experiment Guide (Environment in Xintianxia) Prepared by Sun Xu Date 2008-1-21 Reviewed by Date Reviewed by Date Approved by Date Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All Rights Reserved

10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

  • Upload
    hanh-le

  • View
    221

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 126

Document

No

Product

NameOSN 6800 amp 3800

Intended

Users

Huawei engineers Product

VersionV100R002

Written ByOptical Network Product

Service Dept

Document

VersionV201

NGWDM Experiment Guide

(Environment in Xintianxia)

Prepared by Sun Xu Date 2008-1-21

Reviewed by Date

Reviewed by Date

Approved by Date

Huawei Technologies Co Ltd

All Rights Reserved

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 1 of 26

Revision History

Date Issue Author Description

2007-06-10 V100 Sun Xu Initial draft

2008-1-19 V201 Sun Xu Revised version

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 2 of 26

Table of Contents

1 Preparation 4

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment 4

12 Experiment Materials 5

2 Networking Environment 8

21 Network Topology 8

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration 10

23 Service Planning 11

231 Wavelength Planning 11

232 Signal Flows of Node A and Node B 12

233 Signal Flow of Node C 13

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E 14

3 Tasks 14

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks 15

311 Creating Network Topology (Required) 16

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters 18

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA) 18

32 System Commissioning Tasks 19

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming 19

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming 20

323 Service Protection and Testing 21

324 APE Management 22

33 Network Maintenance Tasks 23

331 Database Maintenance 23

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product 23

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional) 24

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26

Key words

OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia

Summary

This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote

computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of

networking environment and various tasks on computer

Acronyms and Abbreviations

None

Reference

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_01)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_01)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26

1 Preparation

Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment

environment

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment

For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following

document

Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows

1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192

(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194

The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on

equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment

Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom

The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows

The default product version is V100R002

The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment

environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003

The T2000 versions are as follows

The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each

version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the

OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26

To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber

connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp

3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer

to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator

Guide

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script

Caution

1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose

configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed

operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001

Product Software Upgrade Guide

2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users

may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by

script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security

management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide

2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address

Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected

3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running

slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while

Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden

12 Experiment Materials

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 2: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 1 of 26

Revision History

Date Issue Author Description

2007-06-10 V100 Sun Xu Initial draft

2008-1-19 V201 Sun Xu Revised version

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 2 of 26

Table of Contents

1 Preparation 4

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment 4

12 Experiment Materials 5

2 Networking Environment 8

21 Network Topology 8

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration 10

23 Service Planning 11

231 Wavelength Planning 11

232 Signal Flows of Node A and Node B 12

233 Signal Flow of Node C 13

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E 14

3 Tasks 14

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks 15

311 Creating Network Topology (Required) 16

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters 18

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA) 18

32 System Commissioning Tasks 19

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming 19

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming 20

323 Service Protection and Testing 21

324 APE Management 22

33 Network Maintenance Tasks 23

331 Database Maintenance 23

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product 23

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional) 24

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26

Key words

OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia

Summary

This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote

computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of

networking environment and various tasks on computer

Acronyms and Abbreviations

None

Reference

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_01)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_01)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26

1 Preparation

Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment

environment

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment

For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following

document

Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows

1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192

(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194

The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on

equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment

Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom

The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows

The default product version is V100R002

The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment

environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003

The T2000 versions are as follows

The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each

version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the

OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26

To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber

connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp

3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer

to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator

Guide

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script

Caution

1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose

configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed

operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001

Product Software Upgrade Guide

2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users

may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by

script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security

management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide

2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address

Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected

3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running

slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while

Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden

12 Experiment Materials

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 3: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 2 of 26

Table of Contents

1 Preparation 4

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment 4

12 Experiment Materials 5

2 Networking Environment 8

21 Network Topology 8

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration 10

23 Service Planning 11

231 Wavelength Planning 11

232 Signal Flows of Node A and Node B 12

233 Signal Flow of Node C 13

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E 14

3 Tasks 14

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks 15

311 Creating Network Topology (Required) 16

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters 18

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA) 18

32 System Commissioning Tasks 19

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming 19

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming 20

323 Service Protection and Testing 21

324 APE Management 22

33 Network Maintenance Tasks 23

331 Database Maintenance 23

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product 23

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional) 24

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26

Key words

OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia

Summary

This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote

computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of

networking environment and various tasks on computer

Acronyms and Abbreviations

None

Reference

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_01)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_01)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26

1 Preparation

Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment

environment

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment

For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following

document

Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows

1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192

(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194

The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on

equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment

Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom

The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows

The default product version is V100R002

The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment

environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003

The T2000 versions are as follows

The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each

version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the

OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26

To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber

connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp

3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer

to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator

Guide

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script

Caution

1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose

configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed

operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001

Product Software Upgrade Guide

2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users

may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by

script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security

management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide

2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address

Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected

3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running

slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while

Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden

12 Experiment Materials

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 4: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 3 of 26

Key words

OSN 6800 OSN 3800 experiment guide networking environment in Xintianxia

Summary

This experiment guide is for experimenting on NG WDM products on a remote

computer This document provides guides to remote connection and descriptions of

networking environment and various tasks on computer

Acronyms and Abbreviations

None

Reference

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_01)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_01)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26

1 Preparation

Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment

environment

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment

For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following

document

Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows

1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192

(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194

The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on

equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment

Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom

The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows

The default product version is V100R002

The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment

environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003

The T2000 versions are as follows

The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each

version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the

OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26

To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber

connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp

3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer

to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator

Guide

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script

Caution

1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose

configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed

operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001

Product Software Upgrade Guide

2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users

may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by

script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security

management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide

2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address

Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected

3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running

slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while

Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden

12 Experiment Materials

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 5: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 4 of 26

1 Preparation

Read through the preparation description to ensure the proper use of the experiment

environment

11 Connection of Experiment Equipment

For VPN connection to remote experiment equipment refer to the following

document

Instructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

The IP addresses and IDs of NG WDM NEs after remote VPN access are as follows

1069498(IDs of three OSN 6800 NEs) 190 191 192

(IDs of two OSN 3800 NEs) 193 194

The NG WDM equipment in Xintianxia is usually shut down Before an experiment on

equipment contact the WDM product staff in HQ for appointment

Contact person Sun Xu (ID 60989) Email sunxu60989huaweicom

The versions of NG WDM products in the lab are as follows

The default product version is V100R002

The NG WDM V100R002 is compatible with the V100R003 Hence the experiment

environment supports NE software of V100R002 and V100R003

The T2000 versions are as follows

The T2000 is over version V200R005 or later For function differences between each

version refer to the release notes on wwwsupporthuaweicom For example the

OptiX iManager T2000 V200R006C01B016 Release Notes

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26

To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber

connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp

3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer

to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator

Guide

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script

Caution

1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose

configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed

operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001

Product Software Upgrade Guide

2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users

may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by

script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security

management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide

2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address

Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected

3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running

slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while

Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden

12 Experiment Materials

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 6: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 5 of 26

To reduce the workload of creating NEs and a large number of logical fiber

connections the following networking script is attached to the OptiX OSN 6800 amp

3800 Experiment Guide Use WinRaR to uncompress the file and import theuncompressed file to the T2000 For detailed procedure for importing the data refer

to the description of data restoration in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator

Guide

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)mdashT2000 Script

Caution

1 After an experiment is finished make sure to re-deliver all NE databases whose

configurations are changed to restore the NE configuration data For detailed

operations of restoring the database refer toOptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001

Product Software Upgrade Guide

2 Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users

may force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by

script importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

For how to create and switch an NE user refer to the description of security

management in the OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator Guide

2 Do not change important information of the NE such as the ID or IP address

Otherwise other persons who remotely use the computer environment are affected

3 In some areas where the network access is slow the T2000 may be running

slowly or the operation response may not be timely In this situation wait for a while

Do not try the operation repeatedly which may increase network burden

12 Experiment Materials

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 7: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 6 of 26

Caution

Before an experiment make sure that all the files mentioned in this document is

ready and that courses of basic principles and configuration of NG WDM products

are learnt

Relevant product manuals are as follows

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800 V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

Online training materials are as follows

The navigation path is as follows

Log in to the online Huawei university and choose Online Classroom gt Technical

Support gt NG WDM Multimedia Course

Caution

The information of login in English should be registered separately Register in staff

register in the login user interface and the permitted password is hwsoe238

For the training materials refer to the following

Extensive training materials of this product are on wwwsupportHuaweicom

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 8: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 7 of 26

The link of materials is NG WDM Slides

The navigation path is Documentation gt Optical Network Product Line gt WDM gt

OptiX OSN 6800 gt Function and Feature

The related material list and links are as follows

Category Training Material NameMultimedia

CourseSlide

Installation None Chinese None

None None Chinese

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 ProtectionChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Optical Layer GroomingChinese

English

Chinese

English

OptiX OSN 3800 6800 Electrical Layer

Grooming

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

ASON Application in OptiX OSN 3800 6800Chinese

English

Chinese

English

Optical Transport NetworkChinese

English

Chinese

English

Principle

NG WDM System Overview and Networking

Applications

Chinese

English

Chinese

English

NG WDM Deployment CommissioningChinese

EnglishChinese

None Chinese None

Operation

None Chinese Chinese

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 9: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 8 of 26

2 Networking Environment

21 Network Topology

Station A (ID190)

Station B (ID191)

Station C(ID192)

Station E (ID194)

Station D (ID193)

ROADM

ROADMOADM

(MR2)

OADM

(MR2)

Subnet2Subnet1 OADM

(MR4)

OADM

(MR4)

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

R

O

A

M

D4

D4

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01 B01

R

O

A

M

R

O

A

M

Subnet1

Station A (ID190) Station B (ID191)Station C ( ID192)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 10: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 9 of 26

M

R

4

M

R

4

B01 A01

A01B01

Subnet2

Station D (ID193) Station E (ID194)

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

M

R

2

Station A (ID192)

This system consists of five NEs Three stations are OSN 6800 and two are OSN

3800

Stations A and B are NEs for verifying the primary functions They carry most

protection and services The service adding and dropping is scheduled by the ROAM

and D40 boards

Station C is for the pass-through of services within the ring The MR4 interconnects

fixed wavelengths between the two rings

Stations E and F is for verifying the network feature of tangent rings Service adding

dropping and pass-through are realized on the MR2

Caution

This networking does not support ASON WDM at the optical layer or IPA and ALCexperiments

To ensure recycled environment the field operator should not change the fiber

connection

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 11: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 10 of 26

22 Cabinet and Fiber Configuration

Huawei Technologies CoLtd Proprietary Information

Date 18012008 Page 2Cabinet Structure OptiX OSN 6800 Product

ROADM 40CH

Subnet 1amp2

Node 191-1

FAN

TO 1TO 2

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

S

C

C

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

FAN

O

A

U

1

L4G

SCC

161514

A

U

X

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

LDGD

SCS

OL

P

XCS

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

FAN

FAN

O

A

U

1

LDG

L4G

161514

LWXD

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

S

C

C

SCS

OL

P

XCS

TQM

TQM

NS

2

NS

2

L

4G

O

A

U

1

4Rack count

5602Rack factual

configure power

2099Rack Weight

TO 2Station name

4Rack count

5066Rack factual

configure power

2188Rack Weight

TO 1Station name

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

P

I

U

S

C

C

MR4

MR4

F

I

U

MR2

AUX5

SCCLDGD4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1 MR2

AUXLWXD5

SCCLDG4

FIUOBU13

PIUMR22

FIU1

FAN

O

A

U

1

O

A

U

1

F

I

U

161514

SC2

A

U

X

P

I

U

19181713121110987654321

F

I

U

MR4

MR4

S

C

C

P

I

U

Node 190-0

OBU1

D

4

0

V

R

O

A

M

15

R

O

A

M

OBU1

D

4

0

V A

U

X

P

I

U

191817161413121110987654321

F

I

U

SC2

F

I

U

S

C

C

Node 191-0

Node 190-1

Node 192-0 Node 192-1

Node 193 Node 194

For detailed fiber connection refer to the following

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen)

201(Accessories)---- network design

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 12: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 11 of 26

23 Service Planning

231 Wavelength Planning

190 191 192 190

1960THz

1959THz

1958THz

1957THz

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz

L4G

L4G

NS2

NS2

LDG

LWX

LDGD

Subnet 1

192 193 194 192

1923THz

1922THz

1921THz LDGD

LWX

LDG

Subnet 2

Use the even wavelengths in C band

Working path 2 x L4G using 1960 THz Protection path 2 x L4G using 1959 THz

Working path 2 x NS2 using 1958 THz Protection path 2 x NS2 using 1957 THz

The LDG uses 1923 THz

The LWXD uses 1922 THz

The LDGD uses 1921 THz

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 13: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1326

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 14: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 13 of 26

FIU

SC2

FIUOA

OA

OA

OA

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

ROAM ROAM

OD OD

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

West client-side NE East client-side NE

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

233 Signal Flow of Node C

Station C is configured with four MR4 boards to realize grooming between rings The

networking can be upgraded to WSS + RMU

S o u t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

N or t h l i n e-

s i d e ODF

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 15: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 14 of 26

234 Signal Flows of Node D and Node E

Stations D and E use the MR2 to add and drop services The stations communicateby using the ESC

FIU

SC2

FIUOADM

Unit

OADM

Unit

OA

OA

OA

OA

West client-side NE East client-side NE

W e s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

E a s t l i n e-

s i d e ODF

OTU

OTU

OTU

OTU

3 Tasks

Task Check

Mannual creating an NECreating Network Topology

(Required)

(Required One out of two)Importing networking script

Finished

Setting Orderwire NE and

Board Parameters Finished

Single-station

commissioning

Optical Power

Auto-Adjustment (OPA) Finished

APE Management APE Finished

Single-station optical layer

service FinishedOptical Layer Service

Grooming Board optical layer service Finished

System

commissioning

Electrical Layer and Data

Services of GE Any and Finished

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 16: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 15 of 26

ODU1 levelsService Grooming

VLAN service and flow control Finished

Protection setting Finished

Service Protection and Testing Protection testing (optional on

site) Finished

End-to-end service creation Finished

WDM trail management Discrete trail handling

(optional) Finished

Database MaintenanceDatabase backup and

restoration Finished

Package loading upgrade FinishedHot Patches and Upgrade of

the Product Hot patch loading Finished

Network

maintenance

OTN Advanced Network

Maintenance (Optional) Finished

Caution

For detailed operations of experiment tasks refer to the Experiment Materials

section

After ten required experiments basic capability of network commissioning and

maintenance of NG WDM products should be gained After the optional experiments

deep understanding of OTN optical transport hierarchy should be gained

31 Single-Station Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers most single-station software commissioning tasks Ensure that

the following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 17: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1726

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 16 of 26

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX iManager T2000 Administrator GuideInstructions for Using the Remote Training Equipment Room (Shenzhen) of the

Optical Network

To ensure that the remote experiment can be properly carried out the field users

should not adjust the MVOA of the system

311 Creating Network Topology (Required)

The two methods of creating network topology and internal fibers of an NE are

as follows

Manually creating an NE (recommended for remote access)

Applies to an office in which the network access is slow during remote access

This method can relieve the problem of slow response of the T2000 because of

network alarms You need to manually create NEs and internal fibers if you use

this method

Importing networking script (recommended for field operation and private line

users)

Applies to field operation or users who have high network bandwidth This

method involves commissioning of the entire network and end-to-end WDM

service It does not require heavy workload of fiber connections inside NEs but

requires high network bandwidth

Manually creating an NE

Step Action Reference

1

Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed

to connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

2

Field user Create a gateway NE on the T2000 as user

root

Remote user Use the IP address of 1069498 to create a

gateway NE

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 18: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1826

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 17 of 26

Step Action Reference

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

Network

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

3

Upload NE configuration

Create internal fibers of all NEs according to the fiber

connection inside NEs

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)mdashnetword design

4Create an NE user on the NE

Change the NE user to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent

Optical Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

Importing networking script

Step Operation Reference

1 Uncompress the script file to the T2000serverscript folder

of the T2000 installation directory

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide

(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)---T2000 script

2Field user Use a computer in which the T2000 is installed to

connect to the network in the lab

Remote user Use VPN to remotely connect to the network

in the lab

Instructions for Using the

Remote Training

Equipment Room

(Shenzhen) of the Optical

Network

3 Import the script to the T2000

Remote user Change the IP address of each gateway NE

on the T2000 to 1069498

Then log in to each NE

NE IDs of the OSN 6800 are 190 191 and 192

NE IDs of the OSN 3800 are 193 and 194

4 Create an NE user on each NE

Change the user of each NE to the new user

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 19: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 1926

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Page 18 of 26

Caution

Login to an NE by using script importing uses user root and multiple root users may

force each other to log out during login Hence after proper login to an NE by script

importing switch all login users of NEs to the created NE user accounts

312 Setting Orderwire NE and Board Parameters

Step Action Reference

1 Set all board interface parameters

2Query the version of each board and the model of interface

optical module

3

Enable the lasers on the client side and WDM side of the

OTU

Query and set the OAU gain to ensure that the OAU meets

the requirement of the optical power

4

Disable ALS on the client side and enable ALS on the WDM

side Query the outputs of lasers on the WDM side and clientside of the OTU board

5 Set the orderwire and clock of the NE

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

313 Optical Power Auto-Adjustment (OPA)

Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission

Step Action Reference

1Create a single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190 or

NE 191 Enable OPA

2

Change the created automatic optical power to the manual

mode and adjust the optical attenuation of the ROAM board

to the maximum View the service alarm

Change the manual mode to the automatic mode and view

the service alarm

3 Delete the single-station optical cross-connection on NE 190

or NE 191

Create a single-station optical cross-connection on the

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 20: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2026

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 19 of 26

Step Action Reference

ROADM board Manually adjust the board optical power to

ensure proper optical power

4 Analyze the difference between the automatic and manual

modes

32 System Commissioning Tasks

Caution

This section covers commissioning tasks of most system functions Ensure that the

following documents are ready

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Configuration Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Commissioning Guide

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Alarms and Performance

Events Reference (V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800 Intelligent Optical Transport Platform Hardware Description

(V100R003_02 and higher version)

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 V100R001 Product Software Upgrade Guide

After all tasks of system commissioning and single-station commissioning are

completed refer to the Software Quality Inspection Standard V10 of OSN 6800

V1R1 amp OSN 3800 V1R1 to check the system to ensure the best experiment effect

321 Optical Layer Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1Ensure that internal logical fibers are created on NEs 190 and

191

2

Create single-station optical cross-connections on NEs 190

and 191 Ten cross-connections at the optical layer mentioned

in section 231 ldquoWavelength Planningrdquo

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 21: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2126

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 20 of 26

3

During creation select the OPA mode

View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

4

After all optical cross-connections are deleted re-create them

and select the manual adjustment mode View the spectrum

detected by the MCA4 of NE 192

Manually adjust the target optical power of the corresponding

optical channel of the ROAM to ensure that the optical power

value meets the requirement

OptiX OSN 6800Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Hardware Description

5

(Optional) Use the idle ports of the ROAM to create edge

ports and optical cross-connection of the corresponding

wavelength

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

322 Electrical Layer and Data Service Grooming

Step Action Reference

1

Configure NE 190 and NE 191 at the electrical layer

Configure convergence service from the TQM to the NS2

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure GE service grooming between the L4G and LDGD

2

Configure NE 193 and NE 194 at the electrical layer

Configure dual fed selectively receiving SNC service of the

LDGD

Configure dual fed selectively receiving service of the LWXD

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 22: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2226

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 sion Page 21 of 26Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permis

Step Action Reference

3

Configure the OTU board interfaces of NEs 190 191 193

and 194

Configure the client-side interface enable the laser and

disable the ALS on the client side

Configure the WDM-side interface enable the laser and

enable the ALS on the WDM side

Configure the LPT based on understanding

4

Configure layer 2 data services of the L4G on NE 190 and NE

191

Configure EPL and QinQ services

Configure service flow control for the data flow based on

understanding

Enable OAM detection frame

Use the RMON to check the performance of data services on

the L4G on NE 190 and NE 191

5

Field user Use the SDH analyzer and Smartbits tester in the

lab to test the services to ensure proper services and to test

bit errors

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH TestGuide

323 Service Protection and Testing

Step Action Reference

1

Configure the OLP optical line protection on NE 190 and NE

191 Test manual switching

Adjust the optical attenuation value of interface 1 of the VA4

on NE 192 to a proper value (self-calculated) and simulate

line attenuation to perform automatic switching of the OLP

2Configure the intra-board protection on the LWXD and LDGD

on NE 190 and NE 194 respectively Test manual switching

3 Use the SCS and L4G on NE 190 to configure protection on

the client side

Use the OLP and L4G on NE 191 to configure protection on

the client side

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 23: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2326

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 ential No disclosure without permission Page 22 of 26Huawei Confid

Step Action Reference

Test manual switching

4

Use the four L4G on NE 190 and NE 191 to configure as

follows

VLAN SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

5

Use the four NS2 and TQM on NE 190 and NE 191 to

configure as follows

ODU1 SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

SW SNCP protection between NE 190 and NE 191

Test manual switching

6Modify the parameters of each protection View the working

status of the protection in different settings

7Field user Use the SDH analyzer or Smartbits tester to test

the time of each protection switching

SmartBits test operation

guide

Agilent37718 SDH Test

Guide

324 APE Management

Step Action Reference

1

Select NE 190 or NE 191 as the experiment NE Note that

multiple single-station optical cross-connections must be

created on the selected NE

2

Change the mode of each single-station optical

cross-connection on the NE to the manual mode Change the

target optical power value of the optical-layer service channel

on the ROAM to -19 dB

3Configure the ROAM on the NE as the board to realize and

detect the APE Enable the APE

4 View the spectrum detected by the MCA4 on the NE 192

Note Interface 1 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of

the FIU in slot 1 of NE 190

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 24: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2426

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 23 of 26

Step Action Reference

Interface 2 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 190

Interface 3 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 1 of NE 191

Interface 4 of the MCA4 connects to interface MON of the

FIU in slot 17 of NE 191

5Change the target optical power value of an optical-layer

service channel to -10 dB View the spectrum change

6

After the APE event is reported view the target optical power

value of the optical-layer service channel on the ROAM Usethe MCA to view the spectrum change

33 Network Maintenance Tasks

331 Database Maintenance

Step Action Reference

1 Back up the NE configuration data to the SCC

2

Back up the NE configuration database file to the PC

Periodically back up the NE configuration database file to the

PC

3

Restore the NE configuration data

Note You can download the default NE configuration

Please refer to OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide(shenzhen) 201(Accessories)----NE datebase

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

OptiX iManager T2000

Administrator Guide

332 Hot Patches and Upgrade of the Product

Step Action Reference

1 Download the upgrade packages and hot patches (only the

software packages and hot patches of V100R002 and

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800

V100R001 Product

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 25: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2526

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 24 of 26

V100R003) from wwwsupporthuaweicom

2Perform package loading upgrade on any NE of NEs 190 191

192 193 and 194

3

Based on the proper OSC communication on NE 190 and NE

191 perform upgrade on NE 191 NE 190 serving as the

gateway NE

4Perform querying loading and uninstall hot patches on any NE

of NEs 190 191 192 193 and 194

Software Upgrade

Guide

Caution

You should be able to use the FTP and Toolkit server modes and upgrade products

in the situation where NEs are communicate in the ESC or OSC mode

Software upgrade causes changes to some NE functions Hence do not load NE

software or hot patches except those of V100R002 and V100R003

333 OTN Advanced Network Maintenance (Optional)

Step Action Reference

1Use the NS2 and TQM to create an ODU1 service between NE

190 and NE 191

2

Set the TTI at SM or PM sections on the NS2 and TQM Enable

the SAPI monitoring Set the TIM alarm attributes View the

service status and alarms on NE 190 and NE 191 in different

settings

3

Select to inset the LCK alarm on NE 190 or NE 191 Set

parameters to disable the service (You should perform thisstep based on the understanding of OTN)

4

Enable the TCM Set the start and termination points Select

functions including the TTI monitoring at the TCM layer and

LCK alarm insertion Fully understand the multi-layer

monitoring feature of the OTN

OptiX OSN 6800

Intelligent Optical

Transport Platform

Configuration Guide

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network

Page 26: 10-OptiX OSN 6800&3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 2.01

8132019 10-OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (Shenzhen) 201

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull10-optix-osn-68003800-experiment-guide-shenzhen-201 2626

OptiX OSN 6800amp3800 Experiment Guide (shenzhen) 201 INTERNAL

2008-4-9 Huawei Confidential No disclosure without permission Page 25 of 26

Caution

This section describes the OTN advanced network maintenance You need to have

deep understanding of the OTN protocols For details refer to the Optical Transport

Network